TCL / TCM Series Tri-rod Cylinder

Show previous products

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X60S

  Specifications: TCM32X60S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 162 mm DA 42.5 mm MC 48 mm KC 45 mm AC + stroke 97.5 mm PE + stroke 67 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 5.98 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 2313 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $265.26

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X40S

  Specifications: TCM32X40S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 40 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 118 mm DA 18.5 mm MC 24 mm KC 33 mm AC + stroke 77.5 mm PE + stroke 47 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 5.73 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1794 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $223.04

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X25S

  Specifications: TCM32X25S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 25 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X25 25 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 103 mm DA 18.5 mm MC 24 mm KC 33 mm AC + stroke 62.5 mm PE + stroke 32 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 6.35 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1572 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $207.03

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM25X80SG

  Specifications: TCM25X80SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 25 mm bore and 80 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 25 25 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 93 mm BA 91 mm C 42 mm CA 38 mm DB 12 mm G 64 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 36 mm L M6 × 1.0 LA 15 mm LB 82 mm LC 30 mm LD 78 mm LE 26 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P G1/8 PA 13.5 mm PB 28.5 mm PC 11.5 mm PD 11.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 50 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8.5 mm D (guide rod) 16 mm A + stroke 162 mm DA 28.5 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 117.5 mm PE + stroke 92.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 2.91 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1746 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $198.62

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM25X40S

  Specifications: TCM25X40S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 25 mm bore and 40 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 25 25 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 93 mm BA 91 mm C 42 mm CA 38 mm DB 12 mm G 64 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 36 mm L M6 × 1.0 LA 15 mm LB 82 mm LC 30 mm LD 78 mm LE 26 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 13.5 mm PB 28.5 mm PC 11.5 mm PD 11.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 50 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8.5 mm D (guide rod) 16 mm A + stroke 93.5 mm DA 0 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 77.5 mm PE + stroke 52.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.38 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1171 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $164.26

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM25X20S

  Specifications: TCM25X20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 25 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 25 25 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 93 mm BA 91 mm C 42 mm CA 38 mm DB 12 mm G 64 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 36 mm L M6 × 1.0 LA 15 mm LB 82 mm LC 30 mm LD 78 mm LE 26 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 13.5 mm PB 28.5 mm PC 11.5 mm PD 11.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 50 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8.5 mm D (guide rod) 16 mm A + stroke 73.5 mm DA 0 mm MC 24 mm KC 29 mm AC + stroke 57.5 mm PE + stroke 32.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.76 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 25 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 1.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 946 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $144.54

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM20X75SG

  Specifications: TCM20X75SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 20 mm bore and 75 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 20 20 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.09°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 16 mm AD 10 mm B 83 mm BA 81 mm C 36 mm CA 30 mm DB 10 mm G 54 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 28 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 13 mm LB 72 mm LC 24 mm LD 70 mm LE 18 mm M 9.5 mm MA 5.5 mm MB 17 mm N 5.5 mm P G1/8 PA 10.5 mm PB 25 mm PC 10.5 mm PD 10.5 mm PF 9 mm R M6 × 1.0 RA 12 mm S 44 mm U 8.5 mm V 5.5 mm W 4.5 mm X 3 mm Y 8 mm D (guide rod) 12 mm A + stroke 155 mm DA 27 mm MC 44 mm KC 39 mm AC + stroke 112 mm PE + stroke 87.5 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 1.88 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 20 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.8 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1227 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $157.36

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM16X70S

  Specifications: TCM16X70S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 16 mm bore and 70 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 16 16 mm bore X70 70 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 64 mm BA 62 mm C 30 mm CA 25 mm DB 8 mm G 46 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 24 mm L M5 × 0.8 LA 12 mm LB 56 mm LC 22 mm LD 54 mm LE 16 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 10 mm PB 19 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 8 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 10 mm S 38 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2.5 mm Y 7 mm D (guide rod) 10 mm A + stroke 135 mm DA 19 mm MC 44 mm KC 27 mm AC + stroke 103 mm PE + stroke 85 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.72 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 16 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.5 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 701 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $119.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM12X30S

  Specifications: TCM12X30S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 30 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 72 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 59 mm PE + stroke 43 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.27 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 313 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $85.76

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM12X20S

  Specifications: TCM12X20S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 20 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X20 20 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 62 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 49 mm PE + stroke 33 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.32 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 275 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $82.72

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM12X10S

  Specifications: TCM12X10S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 12 mm bore and 10 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 12 12 mm bore X10 10 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M5 × 0.8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 13 mm AD 8 mm B 58 mm BA 56 mm C 26 mm CA 22 mm DB 6 mm G 41 mm J 3.5 mm JA 3 mm K 3 mm KA 6 mm KB 23 mm L M4 × 0.7 LA 10 mm LB 50 mm LC 18 mm LD 48 mm LE 14 mm M 8 mm MA 4.5 mm MB 5 mm N 4.5 mm P M5 × 0.8 PA 8 mm PB 18 mm PC 11 mm PD 11 mm PF 7.5 mm R M5 × 0.8 RA 12 mm S 37 mm U 7.5 mm V 4.5 mm W 4 mm X 2 mm Y 6.5 mm D (guide rod) 8 mm A + stroke 52 mm DA 0 mm MC 20 mm KC 15 mm AC + stroke 39 mm PE + stroke 23 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.39 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 12 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.3 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M5 × 0.8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes Use PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; use straight PC4M5 fittings at the M5 valve A/B ports and keep the chamber lines separate. The A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Seat the M5 sealing gaskets correctly. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve A/B connection; also M5 cylinder ports if a straight connection is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 cylinder port, instead of a straight fitting PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads The gray fittings/controllers accept soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Check insertion and wrench clearance. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 4 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 237 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $80.06

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM6X15S

  Specifications: TCM6X15S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 6 mm bore and 15 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 6 6 mm bore X15 15 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) Metric connection with no thread suffix Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 50–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.1°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model M3 × 0.5 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Edition note: the linked earlier English specification gives a 0.2 MPa minimum operating pressure for this bore. The 0.15 MPa entry above follows the 2022 Chinese specification. Verify the supplied edition before selecting a lower operating pressure. Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 6 mm AD 5 mm B 30 mm BA 29 mm C 14 mm CA 9 mm CB 6 mm D 5 mm DB 3 mm G 20.5 mm K M2.5 × 0.45 L M3 × 0.5 LA 5 mm LB 20.5 mm LC 6 mm LD 9 mm M 6 mm MA 3 mm MB 9.5 mm N 3.5 mm P M3 × 0.5 PD 9.5 mm PF 5.5 mm A + stroke 44.5 mm AC + stroke 38.5 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 0.006 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Body: Aluminum alloy. 2. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 3. Guide rod: Stainless steel. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. O-ring retainer: Aluminum alloy. 7. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 8. Rod O-ring: NBR. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Sliding bearing: Brass. 11. Bumper: TPU. 12. Piston O-ring: NBR. 13. Magnet: Rare-earth material. 14. Magnet pad: NBR. 15. Piston: Stainless steel. 16. Piston rod: Stainless steel. 17. Bumper: TPU. 18. O-ring: NBR. 19. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify H-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 6 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 0.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses M3 × 0.5; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 4 / 2.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional circuit connections and complete valve codes For the existing 4×2.5 mm reference, BKC0425-M3 fits each M3 chamber port. Fit PSA4 inline in each separate chamber line, using its flow symbol to restrict cylinder-to-valve exhaust and allow free charging. The M5-threaded PTL reference is not a direct M3 connection. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each cylinder chamber port PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadInline meter-out control in each chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODSelected valve M5 A/B connection; not for the M3 cylinder ports PC401: PT1/8 male; 4 mm tube ODOnly the separate 4A pilot connection if that pilot tube is 4 mm OD US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads BKC requires exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube: insert fully and tighten the locking cap. Match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is established. Its 0–150°C fitting rating limits this complete branch to 0–70°C at a conservative 0.2–0.7 MPa for this listed branch, respecting the earlier-English minimum-pressure edition note above. PSA4 takes soft nylon/PU tube; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. The final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Use the selected electrical or pneumatic control scheme, not both. These terminal-cable versions have dust protection; no DIN/IP rating is implied. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 alternatives need one/two external signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. PC401 is conditional on 4 mm pilot tubing; seal its tapered thread appropriately. Existing BSLM5 belongs at the M5 valve exhaust ports R/S, not at cylinder working ports. The two tube codes are alternative 100 m rolls, not required installed lengths. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; derate for temperature and the lowest component limit. Minimum bend radii are 10 mm for US98A and 8 mm for UE95A. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; the BKC connector still restricts this branch to 0–70°C. Avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 57 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $48.22

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCM series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCM32X50S

  Specifications: TCM32X50S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 32 mm bore and 50 mm stroke, using brass sliding bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder M Brass sliding bearing (blank category) Standard type 32 32 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.08°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/8 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 22 mm AD 12 mm B 112 mm BA 110 mm C 48 mm CA 44 mm DB 16 mm G 78 mm J 4.5 mm JA 3 mm K 4 mm KA 6 mm KB 42 mm L M8 × 1.25 LA 20 mm LB 98 mm LC 34 mm LD 96 mm LE 30 mm M 11 mm MA 7.5 mm MB 21 mm N 6.5 mm P PT1/8 PA 16 mm PB 34 mm PC 12.5 mm PD 12.5 mm PF 9 mm R M8 × 1.25 RA 16 mm S 63 mm U 10.5 mm V 6.5 mm W 5.5 mm X 3.5 mm Y 9.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 128 mm DA 18.5 mm MC 48 mm KC 45 mm AC + stroke 87.5 mm PE + stroke 57 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 5.13 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 32 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 2.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/8; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V110M5 / 5V120M5 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A110M5 / 4A120M5 Flow control / silencer example PTLM5 / BSLM5 Tube outside / inside diameter 6 / 4 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the cylinder port; no speed adjustment; also connects the separate 4A pilot ports if their lines use the same tube OD PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve A/B work ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A110M5/4A120M5 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 6 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSLM5 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (M5×0.8), not cylinder work ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 1942 g. Catalog reference weight; the catalog states that actual product weight governs. Packaging is not included.

  Read more less

  $234.13

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X90-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X90-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 90 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X90 90 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 208 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 139 mm PE + stroke 104 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 229 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 10.2 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 5320 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $346.34

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X70-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X70-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 70 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X70 70 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 188 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 119 mm PE + stroke 84 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 209 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 14 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4784 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $331.13

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X60-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X60-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 178 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 109 mm PE + stroke 74 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 199 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 17.46 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4516 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $323.46

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X30-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X30-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 30 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X30 30 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 107 mm DA 0 mm MC 28 mm KC 38 mm AC + stroke 79 mm PE + stroke 44 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 169 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 9.74 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3352 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $285.23

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X75-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X75-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 75 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X75 75 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 193 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 124 mm PE + stroke 89 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 214 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 11 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4918 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $334.55

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X80-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X80-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 80 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 198 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 129 mm PE + stroke 94 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 219 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 10.6 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 5052 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $334.01

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X50-100ST

  Specifications: TCLJ63X50-100ST is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 50 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet T NPT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model NPT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P NPT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 127 mm DA 0 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 99 mm PE + stroke 64 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 189 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 8.48 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses NPT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls The two NPT cylinder-side options require exact 3/8 inch OD soft nylon/PU tubing. They are separate catalog options, not conversions of the original 10 mm metric circuit reference. The listed metric PU and valve-side fittings below do not fit these inch tube sockets. An inch-tube order code and a compatible metric/inch transition kit are not specified; select compatible tubing and verify every valve-side connection and the complete flow path before assembly. Do not use approximate outside diameters or substitute PT/G threads. NPC3/8-1/4: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube ODIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side straight option; not a metric-reference replacement NPTL3/8-1/4A: NPT1/4 male × exact 3/8 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent inch-tube cylinder-side meter-out option; not a metric-reference replacement PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S The NPT A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Use the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Catalog listing does not establish current stock. The following complete valve and metric tube options belong to the original metric reference only. They do not validate a complete inch branch or its speed; the two chamber paths require separately verified connections. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3888 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $299.35

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X60-100SG

  Specifications: TCLJ63X60-100SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 60 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X60 60 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P G1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 178 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 109 mm PE + stroke 74 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 199 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 17.46 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC1002: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL1002A: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 4516 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $323.46

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X40-100SG

  Specifications: TCLJ63X40-100SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 40 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X40 40 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P G1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 117 mm DA 0 mm MC 28 mm KC 38 mm AC + stroke 89 mm PE + stroke 54 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 179 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 9.2 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC1002: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL1002A: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3620 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $292.36

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X50-100S

  Specifications: TCLJ63X50-100S is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 50 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X50 50 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet (blank thread) PT thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model PT1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P PT1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 127 mm DA 0 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 99 mm PE + stroke 64 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 189 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 8.48 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses PT1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each PT1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment; also connects the selected valve A/B work ports PTL1002A: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeAlternative cylinder-port meter-out speed controller for the same tube OD PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A air-pilot port when its pilot line uses 10 mm OD tubing US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal tapered PT connections correctly. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 3888 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $299.35

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac TCL series: guided three-rod cylinder - TCLJ63X80-100SG

  Specifications: TCLJ63X80-100SG is a double-acting guided three-rod pneumatic cylinder with a 63 mm bore and 80 mm stroke, using linear ball bearings. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download 2022 cylinder installation and weight tables (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Model code Code Meaning TC Guided three-rod cylinder L Linear ball bearing J Stroke-adjustable type 63 63 mm bore X80 80 mm stroke -100 100 mm stroke-adjustment specification S With magnet G G thread Technical specifications Parameter Details Acting type Double acting Fluid Compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Temperature −20 to +70 °C Speed range 30–500 mm/s Stroke tolerance 0 / +1.0 mm at stroke ≤100 mm; 0 / +1.5 mm above100 mm Cushioning Bumper Non-rotating accuracy ±0.05°; angular movement of the fixing plate with the cylinder fully retracted Port for the current model G1/4 Magnet Standard; non-magnetic configuration is not offered in this ordering table Adjustable-type specification 100 mm; check the adjustment arrangement in the dimension drawing Current-model dimensions All numerical dimensions below are in millimeters. Lettered callouts retain the catalog drawing definitions; do not treat every callout as an overall dimension or mounting-hole pitch. Values containing stroke are evaluated for this model. Parameter Details AB 28 mm AD 16 mm B 162 mm BA 158 mm C 78 mm CA 70 mm DB 20 mm G 124 mm J 6 mm JA 4 mm K 5 mm KA 8 mm KB 80 mm L M10 × 1.5 LA 22 mm LB 142 mm LC 58 mm LD 130 mm LE 50 mm M 14 mm MA 9 mm MB 24 mm N 8.5 mm P G1/4 PA 28 mm PB 55 mm PC 16.5 mm PD 16.5 mm PF 13.5 mm R M10 × 1.5 RA 20 mm S 110 mm U 18 mm V 11 mm W 10 mm X 7 mm Y 18.5 mm D (guide rod) 20 mm A + stroke 198 mm DA 41 mm MC 52 mm KC 50 mm AC + stroke 129 mm PE + stroke 94 mm K locating hole tolerance +0.02 / 0 mm KB locating-hole pitch tolerance ±0.02 mm AE 10 mm BD 161 mm CD 77 mm FA 8 mm H 23 mm T 36 mm Z M16 × 1.5 AF + stroke + adjustment 219 mm AG + adjustment 129 mm For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Load and torque selection Parameter Details Maximum allowable torque for this bearing, bore and stroke 10.6 N·m For TCM6/10, use the stroke-specific allowable load in newtons versus offset L in the catalog. For12–100 mm bores, the TCM and TCL load-mass curves are separate: the stated reference is L≤100 mm at400 mm/s. The speed-correction graph gives factors1.5 at200 mm/s,1.0 at400 mm/s and0.5 at500 mm/s. Apply only within this cylinder’s permitted speed range and check the actual load direction. Internal structure and materials 1. Fixing plate: Carbon steel. 2. Guide rod: Medium-carbon steel. 3. Body: Aluminum alloy. 4. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 5. Front cover: Aluminum alloy. 6. Bumper: TPU. 7. Profile O-ring: NBR. 8. Hex-socket bolt: Alloy steel. 9. O-ring: NBR. 10. Bearing: Bearing steel for linear bearing; brass for sliding bearing. 11. C retaining ring: Spring steel. 12. Profile O-ring: NBR. 13. O-ring: NBR. 14. Rear cover: Brass / aluminum alloy. 15. Piston rod: Medium-carbon steel. 16. Piston: Brass / aluminum alloy. 17. Magnet holder: Brass / aluminum alloy. 18. Magnet pad: NBR. 19. Magnet: Rare-earth / plastic magnet. 20. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 21. Hex-socket set screw: Alloy steel. 22. Spacer: Aluminum alloy. Features, mounting and series options The actuator and two guide rods are integrated into one body. The guide arrangement resists rotation, bending and lateral loading. Brass sliding bearings suit applications requiring lateral-load and impact resistance; linear ball bearings suit low-friction motion and higher precision. These are distinct bearing configurations. Air ports are provided in alternative body positions. Use the illustrated top, rear or bottom screw mounting; the bottom T-slot option is shown for12–100 mm bores. Provide the specified clearance for guide-rod travel. The body and fixing plate have locating features for repeatable mounting. Do not disassemble the guide or fixing plate to alter precision fits. All configurations in this ordering table have a magnet. Stroke-adjustable J models are defined for12–63 mm bores; listed adjustment specifications are10,20,30,40,50,75 and100 mm. For a non-standard stroke1–5 mm below the next standard stroke, the catalog permits the same external envelope as that next standard size. For example86 mm uses the90 mm envelope;84 mm differs by6 mm and requires a separately defined non-standard specification. The actual working stroke remains the ordered stroke. Position sensing The dedicated product and sensor selection tables specify G-profile magnetic sensors for this series and size. Select the full sensor order code separately for the required output, voltage, cable and connector; the profile letter does not identify the electrical specification. Sensor switches and separately ordered holders are not included unless the product configuration expressly lists them. Pneumatic circuit selection reference The 2022 selection example for a 63 mm cylinder bore uses a theoretical speed of 500 mm/s and an effective flow area of 8.1 mm². It is a circuit-sizing example, not a guaranteed installed speed or a supplied package. Match the actual cylinder port, valve capacity and tubing. This product uses G1/4; a reference accessory with a different thread is not a direct screw-in connection. Parameter Details Single / double solenoid valve example 5V21008 / 5V22008 Single / double air-pilot valve example 4A21008 / 4A22008 Flow control / silencer example PTL02 / BSL02 Tube outside / inside diameter 10 / 6.5 mm Installation and operating conditions Flush the piping before connection and use clean, conditioned compressed air with the filtration specified for this cylinder. Keep sealant clear of the first 1–2 thread turns. Align the actuator and load; provide protection from moving parts and unexpected motion after a loss or restoration of air or electrical power. Exhaust residual pressure before maintenance or removal. Start with the flow-control valve closed and open gradually to the required speed. Check cushioning against the actual speed, load and stopping energy; a closed-center valve does not guarantee prolonged load holding or precise intermediate stopping. Protect the sliding surfaces, prevent moisture from freezing and keep contaminants out of the ports. Protect stored equipment from corrosion. Follow the dedicated lubrication instructions; where continued lubrication is selected, the general catalog specifies additive-free ISO VG32 turbine oil. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSG and EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Lead length does not depend on cylinder stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSG also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSG-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The TCL/TCM cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected G-profile sensor in its matching switch groove. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and controls Choose the listed straight fitting or A-type controller at each G1/4 cylinder chamber port and the specified straight fittings at the separate valve A/B ports; keep both chamber lines separate. The A-type restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. GPC1002: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight cylinder-port connection; no speed adjustment GPTL1002A: G1/4 male × 10 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out controller instead of the straight fitting PC1002: PT1/4 male × 10 mm tube ODStraight fitting at the reference valve A/B work ports PC1001: PT1/8 male × 10 mm tube ODOnly for the separate 4A pilot port when its line uses this exact metric tube OD US98A100065100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A100065100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 10 mm OD × 6.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 5V21008A050, 5V21008A200, 5V22008A050, 5V22008A200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008B050, 5V21008B200, 5V22008B050, 5V22008B200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008C050, 5V21008C200, 5V22008C050, 5V22008C200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008E050, 5V21008E200, 5V22008E050, 5V22008E200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction 5V21008F050, 5V21008F200, 5V22008F050, 5V22008F200: PT1/4 female main ports; PT1/8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for extension and retraction BSL01: PT1/8 maleSilencer at the selected 5V200 or 4A200 valve exhaust ports R/S Fittings/controllers accept exact 10 mm OD soft nylon/PU tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended cap-rotation torque is 0.16 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. 5V210 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V220 is double-solenoid with memory. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% (2.0 VA); DC is ±10% (1.6 W). Select the electrical or pneumatic control scheme. The existing 4A21008/4A22008 pneumatic alternatives require one/two external pilot signals through separate PT1/8 pilot ports. The listed pilot fitting assumes 10 mm OD pilot tubing; match both ends and seal the tapered pilot thread. The selected 5V/4A control branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and the lowest connected-component limit. BSL01 fits these selected valve exhaust ports R/S (PT1/8), not cylinder work ports. BSL02 has a PT1/4 thread and does not fit these PT1/8 valve exhaust ports. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C; UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C. Both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C; minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 25/20 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit; avoid solvents, corrosive media and prolonged sunlight.Weight reference 5052 g. Estimated reference based on the catalog’s corresponding standard cylinder; configuration differences have not been independently weighed. This is not a packed shipping weight.

  Read more less

  $334.01

  View options

Show more products